blob: 39e05d333c672b5183908a4016ad223641ca023a [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core.
504
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100505- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200506 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100507
508 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
509 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
510 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200512 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200513
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100514 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
515 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200516 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100517 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200518
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200519- MIPS CPU options:
520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
521
522 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
523 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
524 relocation.
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
527
528 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
529 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
530 Possible values are:
531 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
532 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
533 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
534 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
537 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
539
540 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
541
542 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
543 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
544
545 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
546
547 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
548 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
549 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
550
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000551- ARM options:
552 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
553
554 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
555 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
556
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000557 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
558
559 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
560 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
561 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
562 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
563 GCC.
564
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000565 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000566 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
567 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
568 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500569 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500570 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000571
572 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
573 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
574 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
575 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
576 set these options unless they apply!
577
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000578- CPU timer options:
579 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
580
581 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
582 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
583 option must be set to 1000.
584
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000585- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000586 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
587
588 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
589 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
590 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
591 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
592 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
593 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
594 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100596 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000597 default environment.
598
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000599 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
600
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000602 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
603 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
604
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400605 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200606
607 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400608 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
609 concepts).
610
611 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
612 * New libfdt-based support
613 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500614 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400615
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200616 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
617 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
618 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
619 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200620 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600621 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200622
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200623 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
624 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500625
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600626 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
627
628 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000630
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500631 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
632
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200633 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500634 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
635
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200636 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
637
638 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
639 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
640 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
641 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
642 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
643 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
644
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000645 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
646
647 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
648 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
649 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
650 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
651 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
652 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
653 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
654
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100655- vxWorks boot parameters:
656
657 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
658 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
659 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
660
661 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
662 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
663 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
664 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
665
666 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
667
668 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
669
670 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
671 the defaults discussed just above.
672
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000673- Cache Configuration:
674 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
675 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
676 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
677
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000678- Cache Configuration for ARM:
679 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
680 controller
681 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
682 controller register space
683
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000684- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200685 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000686
687 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
688
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200689 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000690
691 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
692
693 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
694
695 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
696 the clock speed of the UARTs.
697
698 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
699
700 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
701 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
702 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
703
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000704 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
705
706 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
707 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
708 this variable to initialize the extra register.
709
710 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
711
712 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
713 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
714 variable to flush the UART at init time.
715
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000716
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000718 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
719 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
720 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
721 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000722
723 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
724 port routines must be defined elsewhere
725 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
726
727 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
728 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000729 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000730 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
731 (default big endian)
732 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
733 rectangle fill
734 (cf. smiLynxEM)
735 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
736 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
737 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
738 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000739 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
740 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
742 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000743 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000744 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
745 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
746 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
747 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
748 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
749 (i.e. i8042_getc)
750 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
751 (requires blink timer
752 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200753 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000754 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
755 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500756 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
758 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000759 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
760 linux_logo.h for logo.
761 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200763 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000764 the logo
765
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000766 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
767 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
768 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
769
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000770 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
771 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
772 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000774 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
775 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
776 the "silent" environment variable. See
777 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000778
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200779 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
780 is 0x00.
781 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
782 is 0xa0.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Console Baudrate:
785 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
786 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200787 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
788 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100790- Console Rx buffer length
791 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
792 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100793 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100794 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
795 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
796 the SMC.
797
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000798- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200799 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
800 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
801 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
802 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
803 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
804 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
805 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200806 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200807 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000808
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200809 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
810 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000811
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000812- Safe printf() functions
813 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
814 the printf() functions. These are defined in
815 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
816 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
817 If this option is not given then these functions will
818 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
819 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
822 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
823 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000824 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
825 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826
827 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
828 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
829 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
830 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
831 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
832 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
833 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
834 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
835 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
836 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
837 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
838 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
839
840- Autoboot Command:
841 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
842 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
843 define a command string that is automatically executed
844 when no character is read on the console interface
845 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
846
847 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000848 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
849 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
850 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851
852 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000853 The value of these goes into the environment as
854 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
855 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200856 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000857
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100858- Bootcount:
859 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
860 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
861 cycle, see:
862 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
863
864 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
865 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
866 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
867 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
868 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
869 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
870 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
871 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
872 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874- Pre-Boot Commands:
875 CONFIG_PREBOOT
876
877 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
878 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
879 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
880 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
881 entering interactive mode.
882
883 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
884 automatically generated or modified. For an example
885 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
886 modified when the user holds down a certain
887 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
888 booting the systems
889
890- Serial Download Echo Mode:
891 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
892 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
893 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
894 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
895 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
896 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
897 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
898
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000900 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
901 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200902 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000903
904- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500905 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
906 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000907 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
908 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500909 and augmenting with additional #define's
910 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000911
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500912 The default command configuration includes all commands
913 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
917 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
918 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
919 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
920 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
921 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800922 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500924 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500925 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
926 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
927 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600928 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
929 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
930 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
931 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
933 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500934 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500935 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
936 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600937 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600938 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500939 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500940 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000941 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
942 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700943 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
944 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500945 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500946 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000947 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500948 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
949 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200950 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000951 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500952 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000953 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000954 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
956 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
957 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
958 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000959 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200960 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500961 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000963 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
965 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
966 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
967 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200968 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000969 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
970 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500971 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
972 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200973 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400974 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000975 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000977 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200978 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500979 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
980 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
981 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100982 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
984 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200985 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000987 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
989 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
990 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
991 host
992 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000993 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
995 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000996 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
998 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
999 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1000 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1001 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1002 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001003 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001004 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001005 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001006 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001007 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001008 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001009 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001010 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1012 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001014 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001015 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001016 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018
1019 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1020 support you can write:
1021
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001022 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1023 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001025 Other Commands:
1026 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001027
1028 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001029 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001030 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1031 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1032 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1033 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1034 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1035 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001036
1037
1038 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1039
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001040- Regular expression support:
1041 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001042 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1043 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1044 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1045 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001046
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001047- Device tree:
1048 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1049 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1050 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1051 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1052 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1053 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1054
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001055 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1056 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001057
1058 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1059 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1060 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1061 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1062 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1063 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001064
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001065 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1066 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1067 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1068 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1069
1070 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1071
1072 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1073 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1074 still use the individual files if you need something more
1075 exotic.
1076
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001077- Watchdog:
1078 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1079 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001080 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1081 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1082 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1083 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1084 available, then no further board specific code should
1085 be needed to use it.
1086
1087 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1088 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1089 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1090 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001092- U-Boot Version:
1093 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1094 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1095 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1096 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001097 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1098 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100- Real-Time Clock:
1101
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001102 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001103 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1104 following options:
1105
1106 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1107 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001108 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001110 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001112 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001113 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001114 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001115 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001116 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001117 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1118 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001120 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1121 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1122
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001123- GPIO Support:
1124 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001125
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001126 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1127 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1128 pins supported by a particular chip.
1129
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001130 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1131 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133- Timestamp Support:
1134
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001135 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1136 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1137 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001138 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001139
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001140- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1141 Zero or more of the following:
1142 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1143 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1144 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1145 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1146 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1147 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1148 disk/part_efi.c
1149 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001150
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001151 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1152 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001153 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001154
1155- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001156 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1157 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001159 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1160 be performed by calling the function
1161 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1162 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001163
1164- ATAPI Support:
1165 CONFIG_ATAPI
1166
1167 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1168
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001169- LBA48 Support
1170 CONFIG_LBA48
1171
1172 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001173 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001174 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1175 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001177 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001178 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1179 Default is 32bit.
1180
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001181- SCSI Support:
1182 At the moment only there is only support for the
1183 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1184 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001186 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1187 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1188 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1190 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001191 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001192
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001193 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1194 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001195
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001196- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001197 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001198 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1199
1200 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1201 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1202 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1203 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1204
1205 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1206 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1207 example with the "sspi" command.
1208
1209 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1210 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1211 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001212
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001213 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001214 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001215
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001216 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1217 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001218 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001219 write routine for first time initialisation.
1220
1221 CONFIG_TULIP
1222 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1223 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1224 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1225
1226 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1227 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1228
1229 CONFIG_NS8382X
1230 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1231
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001232- NETWORK Support (other):
1233
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001234 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1235 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1236
1237 CONFIG_RMII
1238 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1239
1240 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1241 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1242 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1243
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001244 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1245 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1246
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001247 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001248 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1249
1250 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1251 Define this to hold the physical address
1252 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1253
1254 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1255 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1256
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001257 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001258 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1259
1260 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1261 Define this to hold the physical address
1262 of the device (I/O space)
1263
1264 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1265 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1266
1267 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1268 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1269 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1270
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001271 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1272 Support for davinci emac
1273
1274 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1275 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1276
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001277 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1278 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1279
1280 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1281 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1282 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1283 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1284 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1285 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1286 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1287 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1288
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001289 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001290 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1291
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001292 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001293 Define this to hold the physical address
1294 of the device (I/O space)
1295
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001296 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001297 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1298
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001299 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001300 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1301 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001302 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001303
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001304 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1305 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1306
1307 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1308 Define the number of ports to be used
1309
1310 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1311 Define the ETH PHY's address
1312
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001313 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1314 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1315
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001316- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001317 CONFIG_TPM
1318 Support TPM devices.
1319
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001320 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1321 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1322 per system is supported at this time.
1323
1324 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1325 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1326
1327 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1328 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1329
1330 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1331 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1332
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001333 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1334 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1335
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001336 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001337 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1338 per system is supported at this time.
1339
1340 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1341 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1342 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1343 0xfed40000.
1344
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001345 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1346 Add tpm monitor functions.
1347 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1348 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1349
1350 CONFIG_TPM
1351 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1352 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1353 Requires support for a TPM device.
1354
1355 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1356 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1357 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1358
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001359- USB Support:
1360 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001361 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001362 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1363 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001364 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001365 storage devices.
1366 Note:
1367 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1368 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001369 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1370 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1371 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001372 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1373 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001374 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1375 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1376 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001377 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1378 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001379 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001380 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1381 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001382
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001383 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1384 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1385
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001386 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1387 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1388
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001389- USB Device:
1390 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1391 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1392 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001393 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001394 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1395 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001396 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001397 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1398 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1399 a Linux host by
1400 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1401 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1402 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1403 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001404
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001405 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1406 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001407
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001408 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1409 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1410 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001411
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301412 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1413 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1414 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1415 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1416 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1417 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1418 speed.
1419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001420 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001421 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1422 be set to usbtty.
1423
1424 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001425 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001426 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001427 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001429 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001430 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001431 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001432
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001433 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001434 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001435 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001436 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1437 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1438 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1439
1440 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1441 Define this string as the name of your company for
1442 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001443
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001444 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1445 Define this string as the name of your product
1446 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1447
1448 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1449 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1450 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1451 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1452 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1455 Define this as the unique Product ID
1456 for your device
1457 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001458
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001459 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1460 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1461 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1462 This enables function definition:
1463 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1464 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1465
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001466- ULPI Layer Support:
1467 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1468 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1469 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1470 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1471 viewport is supported.
1472 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1473 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001474 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1475 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1476 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001477
1478- MMC Support:
1479 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1480 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1481 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1482 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001483 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1484 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001485
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001486 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1487 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1488
1489 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1490 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1491
1492 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1493 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1494
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001495- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1496 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1497 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1498
1499 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1500 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1501 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1502 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1503 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1504
1505 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1506 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1507
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001508 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1509 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1510
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301511 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1512 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1513 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1514 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1515 one that would help mostly the developer.
1516
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001517 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1518 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1519 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1520 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1521 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1522
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001523 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1524 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1525 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1526 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1527 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1528 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1529
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001530 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1531 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1532 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1533 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1534
1535 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1536 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1537 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1538 sending again an USB request to the device.
1539
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001540- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1541 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1542 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1543 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001545 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1546 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001547 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001549 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001550 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1551 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1552
1553 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001554 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001555 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1556 have not defined a custom partition
1557
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001558- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1559 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001560
1561 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1562 file in FAT formatted partition.
1563
1564 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1565 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001566
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001567CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1568 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1569
1570 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1571 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1572 and cbfsload.
1573
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001574- Keyboard Support:
1575 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1576
1577 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1578 support
1579
1580 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1581 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1582 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1583 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1584 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1585
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001586 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1587 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1588 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1589 which provides key scans on request.
1590
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001591- Video support:
1592 CONFIG_VIDEO
1593
1594 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1595 video).
1596
1597 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1598
1599 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1600
1601 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001602 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001603 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1604 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1605 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001606
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001607 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001608 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001609 are possible:
1610 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001611 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001612
1613 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1614 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1615 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1616 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1617 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1618 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1619 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001620 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1621
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001622 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001623 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001624
1625
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001626 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001627 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001628 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1629 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1630
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001631 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001632 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001633 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1634 support, and should also define these other macros:
1635
1636 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1637 CONFIG_VIDEO
1638 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1639 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1640 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1641 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1642 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1643 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1644
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001645 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1646 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1647 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1648 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001649
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001650 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1651
1652 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1653 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1654 driver.
1655
1656
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001657- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001658 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001659
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001660 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1661 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1662 defined in your board-specific files.
1663 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001664
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001665- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1666
1667 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1668 display); also select one of the supported displays
1669 by defining one of these:
1670
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001671 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1672
1673 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1674
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001675 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001676
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001677 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001678
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001679 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001680
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001681 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1682 Active, color, single scan.
1683
1684 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1685
1686 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001687 Active, color, single scan.
1688
1689 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1690
1691 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1692 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1693
1694 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1695
1696 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1697 Active, color, single scan.
1698
1699 CONFIG_HLD1045
1700
1701 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1702 Active, color, single scan.
1703
1704 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1705
1706 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1707 or
1708 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1709 or
1710 Hitachi SP14Q002
1711
1712 320x240. Black & white.
1713
1714 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001715 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001716
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001717 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1718
1719 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1720 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1721 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1722 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1723 a per-section basis.
1724
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001725 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1726
1727 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1728 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1729 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1730 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001731
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001732 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1733
1734 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1735
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001736 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1737
1738 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1739 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1740
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001741- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001742
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001743 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1744 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1745 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001746 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001747 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1748 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1749 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1750 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001751
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001752 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1753
1754 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1755 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001756 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001757 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1758 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1759 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1760 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1761 there is no need to set this option.
1762
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001763 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1764
1765 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1766 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1767 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1768 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1769 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1770 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1771
1772 Example:
1773 setenv splashpos m,m
1774 => image at center of screen
1775
1776 setenv splashpos 30,20
1777 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1778
1779 setenv splashpos -10,m
1780 => vertically centered image
1781 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1782
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001783- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1784
1785 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1786 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1787 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1788
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001789- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1790
1791 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1792 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1793 bmp command.
1794
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001795- Do compresssing for memory range:
1796 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1797
1798 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1799 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1800
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001801- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001802 CONFIG_GZIP
1803
1804 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1805
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001806 CONFIG_BZIP2
1807
1808 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1809 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1810 compressed images are supported.
1811
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001812 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001813 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001814 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001815
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001816 CONFIG_LZMA
1817
1818 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1819 images is included.
1820
1821 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1822 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1823 formula:
1824
1825 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1826
1827 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1828 and Literal pos bits.
1829
1830 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1831 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1832 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1833 a very small buffer.
1834
1835 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1836 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001837 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001838
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001839 CONFIG_LZO
1840
1841 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1842 is included.
1843
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001844- MII/PHY support:
1845 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1846
1847 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1848
1849 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1850
1851 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1852
1853 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1854
1855 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001856 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001857
1858 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1859
1860 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1861 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1862 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1863 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1864
1865 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1866
1867 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1868 command issued before MII status register can be read
1869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870- Ethernet address:
1871 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001872 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001873 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1874 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001875 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1876 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001878 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1879 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880 is not determined automatically.
1881
1882- IP address:
1883 CONFIG_IPADDR
1884
1885 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001886 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001887 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001888 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889
1890- Server IP address:
1891 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1892
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001893 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001894 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001895 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001896
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001897 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1898
1899 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1900 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1901
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001902- Gateway IP address:
1903 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1904
1905 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1906 default router where packets to other networks are
1907 sent to.
1908 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1909
1910- Subnet mask:
1911 CONFIG_NETMASK
1912
1913 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1914 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1915 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1916 forwarded through a router.
1917 (Environment variable "netmask")
1918
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001919- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1920 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1921
1922 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1923 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001924 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001925 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1926 multicast group.
1927
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001928- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1929 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1930
1931 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1932 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1933 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1934 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1935 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1936 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1938 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001939 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001940
1941 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1942 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1943 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1944 4th and following
1945 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1946
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001947- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001948 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1949 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001950
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001951 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1952 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1953 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1954 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1955 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1957 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1958 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1959 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1960 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1961 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1962 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001963 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001964
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001965 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1966 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001967
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001968 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1969 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1970 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1971 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1972 is not available.
1973
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001974 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1975 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1976 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1977 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1978 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1979 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1980 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001981 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001982
1983 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1984 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1985 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001986 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001987 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1988 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001989
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001990 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1991
1992 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1993 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1994 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1995 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1996 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1997 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1998 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1999 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2000 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2001 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2002 this delay.
2003
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002004 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2005 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2006 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2007 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2008 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2009
2010 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2011
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002012 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002013 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002014
2015 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2016
2017 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2018
2019 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2020 of the device.
2021
2022 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2023
2024 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2025 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002026 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002027
2028 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2029
2030 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2031 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2032
2033 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2034
2035 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2036
2037 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2038
2039 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2040
2041 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2042
2043 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2044
2045 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2046
2047 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2048 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2049
2050 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2051
2052 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002054- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2055
2056 Several configurations allow to display the current
2057 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2058 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2059 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2060 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2061 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2062 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2063 feature in U-Boot.
2064
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002065 Additional options:
2066
2067 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2068 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2069 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2070 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2071 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2072
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002073 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2074 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2075 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2076 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2077 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2078 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2079
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002080- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2081
2082 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2083 on those systems that support this (optional)
2084 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2085
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002086- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002087
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002088 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2089 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2090 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2091 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2092 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2093 interface.
2094
2095 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002096 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2097 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2098 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2099 for defining speed and slave address
2100 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2101 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2102 for defining speed and slave address
2103 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2104 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2105 for defining speed and slave address
2106 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2107 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2108 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002109
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002110 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2111 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2112 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2113 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2114 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2115 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002116 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002117 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2118 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2119 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2120 second bus.
2121
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002122 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002123 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2124 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2125 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002126
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002127 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2128 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2131
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002132 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2133 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2134 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2135 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2136 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2137 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2138 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2139 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2140 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2141 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2142
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002143 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2144 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2145 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2146
2147 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2148 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2155 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2156
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002157 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2158 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2159 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2160
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2173 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2174
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002175 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2176 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2177 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2178 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2179 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2180 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2181 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2182 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2183 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2184 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2185 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2186 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2187
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002188 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2189 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2190 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2191 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2192
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302193 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2194 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2195 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2196 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2197 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2198
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002199 additional defines:
2200
2201 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2202 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2203 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2204 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2205 omit this define.
2206
2207 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2208 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2209 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2210 omit this define.
2211
2212 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2213 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2214 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2215 define.
2216
2217 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2218 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2219 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2220 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2221 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2222
2223 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2224 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2225 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2226 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2227 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2228 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2229 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2230 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2231 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2232 }
2233
2234 which defines
2235 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002236 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2237 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2238 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2239 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2240 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002241 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002242 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2243 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002244
2245 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2246
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002247- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002248
2249 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2250 provides the following compelling advantages:
2251
2252 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2253 - approved multibus support
2254 - better i2c mux support
2255
2256 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2257
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002258 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2259 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2260 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002262 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002263 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002264 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2265 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002266 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002267
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002268 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002270 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002271 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002273 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002274 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002275 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002276 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002277
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002278 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002279 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002280 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2281 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2282 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002283
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002284 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2285
2286 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2287 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2288 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2289 commands until the slave device responds.
2290
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002291 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002292
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002293 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002294 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2295 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296
2297 I2C_INIT
2298
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002299 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002300 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002301
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002302 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002303
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304 I2C_PORT
2305
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002306 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2307 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2308 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
2310 I2C_ACTIVE
2311
2312 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2313 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2314 define can be null.
2315
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002316 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318 I2C_TRISTATE
2319
2320 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2321 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2322 define can be null.
2323
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002324 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2325
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002326 I2C_READ
2327
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002328 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2329 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002331 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002333 I2C_SDA(bit)
2334
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002335 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2336 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002337
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002338 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002339 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002340 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002341
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002342 I2C_SCL(bit)
2343
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002344 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2345 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002347 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002348 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002349 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002350
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002351 I2C_DELAY
2352
2353 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2354 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002355 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002356 like:
2357
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002358 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002359
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002360 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2361
2362 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2363 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2364 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2365 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2366
2367 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2368 the generic GPIO functions.
2369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002370 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002371
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002372 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2373 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2374 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2375 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2376 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2377 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2378 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2379 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002380
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002381 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2382
2383 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2384 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2385 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2386 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2387 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2388 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2389 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2390 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2391
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002392 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2393
2394 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2395 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2396 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2397
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002398 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2399
2400 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002401 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2402 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002403 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002405 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002406
2407 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002408 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002409 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2410 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002411
2412 e.g.
2413 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002414 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002415
2416 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2417
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002418 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002419 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002420
2421 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2422
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002423 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002424
2425 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2426 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002428 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002429
2430 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2431 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002433 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002434
2435 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2436 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002438 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002439
2440 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2441 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2442 specified DTT device.
2443
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002444 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2445
2446 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2447 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2448 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2449 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2450 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2451 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2452 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002453
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002454- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2455
2456 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2457 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2458 D/As on the SACSng board)
2459
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002460 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2461
2462 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2463 only SH7757 is supported.
2464
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002465 CONFIG_SPI_X
2466
2467 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2468 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2469
2470 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2471
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002472 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2473 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2474 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2475 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2476 defined, the board configuration must define several
2477 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2478 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002480 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2481
2482 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2483 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2484 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002485 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002486 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2487
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002488 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2489
2490 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002491 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002492
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002493- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2494
2495 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2496
2497 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2498
2499 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2500 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2501
2502 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2503
2504 Enables support for FPGA family.
2505 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2506
2507 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002509 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002511 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002513 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002515 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002517 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2518 status by the configuration function. This option
2519 will require a board or device specific function to
2520 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
2522 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2523
2524 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2525 configuration driver.
2526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002527 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002532 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2533 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2534 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2535 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002537 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002539 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2540 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2541 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002542 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002544 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002545
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002546 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002547 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002549 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002551 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002552 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
2554- Configuration Management:
2555 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2556
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002557 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2558 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002559
2560- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2561
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002562 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2563 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002564 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002565 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2566 protects these variables from casual modification by
2567 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2568 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002569 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570
2571 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2572 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002573 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574 these parameters.
2575
2576 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2577 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002578 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002579 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2580 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2581 read-only.]
2582
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002583 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2584 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2585 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2586 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002588- Protected RAM:
2589 CONFIG_PRAM
2590
2591 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2592 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2593 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2594 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2595 this default value by defining an environment
2596 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2597 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2598 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2599 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2600 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2601 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2602 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2603
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002604 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002605 saveenv
2606
2607 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2608 either, which results in a memory region that will
2609 not be affected by reboots.
2610
2611 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2612 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2613 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2614 following board configurations are known to be
2615 "pRAM-clean":
2616
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002617 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2618 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002619 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002620
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002621- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2622 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2623 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2624 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2625 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2626 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2627 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2628
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002629- Error Recovery:
2630 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2631
2632 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2633 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2634 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002635 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2637 useful during development since you can try to debug
2638 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2639
2640 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2641
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002642 This variable defines the number of retries for
2643 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2644 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2645 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002647 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2648
2649 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2650
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002651 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2652
2653 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2654 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2655 try longer timeout such as
2656 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002659 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002660
2661 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2662
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002663 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2664 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002665
2666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002667 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
2669 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2670 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2671 powerful command line syntax like
2672 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2673 constructs ("shell scripts").
2674
2675 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2676 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2677
2678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002679 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002680
2681 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2682 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2683 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2684
2685 Note:
2686
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002687 In the current implementation, the local variables
2688 space and global environment variables space are
2689 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2690 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2691 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2692 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2693 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002695 Global environment variables are those you use
2696 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2697 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2698 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699
2700 To store commands and special characters in a
2701 variable, please use double quotation marks
2702 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2703 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2704 symbols.
2705
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002706- Commandline Editing and History:
2707 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2708
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002709 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002710 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002711
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002712- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002713 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2714
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002715 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2716 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002717 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002718
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002719 For example, place something like this in your
2720 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002721
2722 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2723 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2724 "myvar2=value2\0"
2725
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002726 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2727 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2728 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2729 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002730 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002731 You better know what you are doing here.
2732
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002733 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2734 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002735 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002736 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002737
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002738 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2739
2740 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2741 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2742 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2743
2744 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2745
2746 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2747 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2748 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2749 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2750 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2751
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002752 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2753
2754 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2755 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2756 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2757
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002758 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2759
2760 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2761 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2762 that so that the environment is not available until
2763 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2764 this is instead controlled by the value of
2765 /config/load-environment.
2766
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002767- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002768 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2769
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002770 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2771 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2772 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002773
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002774- Serial Flash support
2775 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2776
2777 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2778 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2779
2780 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2781 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2782 commands.
2783
2784 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2785 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2786 flash is present on the system.
2787
2788 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2789 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2790 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2791 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2792
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002793 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2794
2795 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2796 test ('sf test').
2797
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302798 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2799
2800 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2801 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2802
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302803 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2804
2805 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2806 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2807 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2808
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002809- SystemACE Support:
2810 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2811
2812 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2813 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002814 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002815 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002816
2817 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002818 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002819
2820 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2821 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2822
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002823- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2824 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2825
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002826 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002827 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002828 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002829 number generator is used.
2830
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002831 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2832 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2833 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2834
2835 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002836 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2837 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2838 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2839 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2840 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2841 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2842
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002843- Hashing support:
2844 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2845
2846 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2847 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2848
2849 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2850
2851 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2852 size a little.
2853
2854 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2855 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2856
2857 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2858 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2859
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002860- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2861 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2862 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2863 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2864
2865 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2866 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2867 a boot from specific media.
2868
2869 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2870 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2871 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2872 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2873 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2874
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002875- Signing support:
2876 CONFIG_RSA
2877
2878 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002879 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002880
2881 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2882 option.
2883
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002884- bootcount support:
2885 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2886
2887 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2888 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2889
2890 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2891 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2892 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2893 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2894 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2895 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2896 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2897 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2898 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2899 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2900 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2901 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2902 the bootcounter.
2903 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002904
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002905- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002906 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2907
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002908 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2909 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2910 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2911 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2912 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2913 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002914
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002915- Detailed boot stage timing
2916 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2917 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2918 of the boot process.
2919
2920 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2921 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2922 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2923 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2924 the limit, recording will stop.
2925
2926 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2927 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2928
2929 Timer summary in microseconds:
2930 Mark Elapsed Stage
2931 0 0 reset
2932 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2933 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2934 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2935 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2936 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2937 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2938 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2939
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002940 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2941 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2942 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2943
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002944 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2945 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2946 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2947 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2948 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2949 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2950 For example:
2951
2952 bootstage {
2953 154 {
2954 name = "board_init_f";
2955 mark = <3575678>;
2956 };
2957 170 {
2958 name = "lcd";
2959 accum = <33482>;
2960 };
2961 };
2962
2963 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2964
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002965Legacy uImage format:
2966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967 Arg Where When
2968 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002969 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002971 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002973 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2975 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2976 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002977 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2979 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2980 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2981 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002982 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002984
2985 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2986 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2987 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2988 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2989 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2990 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2991 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002992 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002993 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2994 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2995
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002996 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002998 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002999 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3000 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003001
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003002 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3003 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3004 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3005 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3006 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3007 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3008 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3009 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3010 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3011 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3012 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3013 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3014 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3015 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3016 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3017 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3018 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3019 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3020 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3021 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3022 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3023 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3024 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3025 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3026 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3027 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3028 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3029 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3030 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3031 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3032 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3033 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3034 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3035 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3036 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3037 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3038 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3039 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3040 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3041 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3042 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3043 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3044 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3045 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3046 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3047 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3048 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003050 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003051
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003052 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003053 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3054 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003055
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003056 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3057 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003058 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003059 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3060 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3061 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003062 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3063 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003064 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003065
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003066FIT uImage format:
3067
3068 Arg Where When
3069 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3070 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3071 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3072 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3073 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3074 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003075 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003076 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3077 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3078 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3079 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3080 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003081 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3082 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003083 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3084 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3085 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3086 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3087 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3088 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3089 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3090 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3091
3092 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3093 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3094 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003095 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003096 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3097 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3098 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3099 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3100 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3101 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3102 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3103 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3104 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3105 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3106 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3107 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3108
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003109 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003110 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3111
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003112 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003113 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3114
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003115 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003116 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3117
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003118- FIT image support:
3119 CONFIG_FIT
3120 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3121
3122 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3123 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3124 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3125 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3126 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3127 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3128
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003129 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3130 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3131 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3132 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3133
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003134- Standalone program support:
3135 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3136
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003137 This option defines a board specific value for the
3138 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3139 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003140 settings.
3141
3142- Frame Buffer Address:
3143 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3144
3145 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003146 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3147 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3148 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3149 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3150 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3151 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3152 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003153
3154 Please see board_init_f function.
3155
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003156- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3157 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3158 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3159 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3160
3161 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3162 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3163
3164- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3165 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3166
3167 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3168 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3169
3170 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3171
3172 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3173 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3174
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003175- UBI support
3176 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3177
3178 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3179 with the UBI flash translation layer
3180
3181 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3182
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003183 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3184
3185 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3186 warnings and errors enabled.
3187
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003188- UBIFS support
3189 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3190
3191 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3192 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3193
3194 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3195
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003196 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3197
3198 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3199 warnings and errors enabled.
3200
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003201- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003202 CONFIG_SPL
3203 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003204
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003205 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3206 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3207
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003208 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3209 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3210 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3211 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003212 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003213 must not be both defined at the same time.
3214
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003215 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003216 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3217 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3218 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3219 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003220
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003221 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3222 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003223
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003224 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3225 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3226 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3227
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003228 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3229 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3230
3231 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003232 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3233 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3234 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003235 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003236 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003237
3238 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3239 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3240
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003241 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3242 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3243 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3244 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3245
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003246 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3247 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3248
3249 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3250 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003251
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003252 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3253 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3254 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3255 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3256
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003257 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3258 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3259 about the running system.
3260
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003261 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3262 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3263
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003264 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3265 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003266
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003267 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3268 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003269
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003270 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3271 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003272
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003273 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3274 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003275
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003276 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3277 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003278
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003279 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3280 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3281 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3282 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3283 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3284
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003285 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3286 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3287 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3288
3289 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3290 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3291 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3292 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3293 (for falcon mode)
3294
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003295 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3296 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3297
3298 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3299 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3300
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003301 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3302 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3303 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3304
3305 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3306 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3307 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3308
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003309 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3310 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3311 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3312 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3313 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3314
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003315 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3316 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3317 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3318
3319 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3320 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3321
3322 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3323 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3324
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003325 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003326 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3327 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003328
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003329 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3330 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003331 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003332
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003333 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3334 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3335 SPL binary.
3336
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003337 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3339 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3340 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3341 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3342 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003343 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003344
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303345 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3346 Add support NAND boot
3347
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003348 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003349 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3350
3351 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3352 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3353
3354 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3355 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003356
3357 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003358 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003359
3360 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3361 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3362 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3363
3364 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3365 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3366 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3367
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003368 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3369 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003370
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003371 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3372 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003373
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003374 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3375 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003376
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003377 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3378 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3379
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003380 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3381 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003382
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003383 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3384 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3385
3386 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3387 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3388 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3389 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3390
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003391 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003392 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3393 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3394 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3395 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3396 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003397
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003398 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3399 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3400 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3401 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3402
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003403 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3404 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3405 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3406 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3407 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3408
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003409- TPL framework
3410 CONFIG_TPL
3411 Enable building of TPL globally.
3412
3413 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3414 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3415 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003416 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3417 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3418 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003419
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003420Modem Support:
3421--------------
3422
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003423[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003424
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003425- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3427
3428- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3429 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3430
3431- Modem debug support:
3432 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3433
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003434 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3435 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003437- Interrupt support (PPC):
3438
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003439 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3440 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003441 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003442 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003443 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003444 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003445 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003446 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3447 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3448 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003449
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450- General:
3451
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003452 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3453 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3454 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003455 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003456 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3457 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3458 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003460 If there are no modem init strings in the
3461 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3462 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003463 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003464
3465 See also: doc/README.Modem
3466
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003467Board initialization settings:
3468------------------------------
3469
3470During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3471to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3472before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3473following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3474architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3475typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3476
3477- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3478- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3479- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3480- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003481
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482Configuration Settings:
3483-----------------------
3484
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003485- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3486 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003488- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3490
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003491- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3492 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003494- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495 prompt for user input.
3496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003499- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003503- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3505 booted
3506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003511 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003512
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003513- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003514 If the board specific function
3515 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3516 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003519- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003520 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003522- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003525- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003526 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3527 simple memory test.
3528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003529- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003530 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003532- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003533 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3534 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003536- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3537 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003538 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003539 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003540 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3541 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3542 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003543 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003544 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003545 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003546
3547 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3548 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3549 be touched.
3550
3551 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3552 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3553 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3554 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3555 problems.
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3565 Cogent motherboard)
3566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003567- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003570- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003571 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3572 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003573 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003574 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003576- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003577 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3578 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3579 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3580 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003582- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003583 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003585- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003586 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3587 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003588 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003589 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003591- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3593 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003594 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3595 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003596 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003597 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003598 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003599 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3600 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3601 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003603- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3604 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3605 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3606 is enabled.
3607
3608- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3609 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3610 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3611
3612- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3613 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3614 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003616- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617 Max number of Flash memory banks
3618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003619- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003620 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003622- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003623 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3624
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003625- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003626 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003628- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003629 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003631- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003632 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003634- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003635 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3636 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639
3640 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3641 without this option such a download has to be
3642 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3643 copy from RAM to flash.
3644
3645 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3646 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003647 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3648 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003652 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003653 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003655- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003656 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3657 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003659- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3660 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3661 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3662 to the MTD layer.
3663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003665 Use buffered writes to flash.
3666
3667- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3668 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3669 write commands.
3670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003671- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003672 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3673 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3674 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3675 optionally available.
3676
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003677- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3678 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3679 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3680 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3681
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003682- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3683 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3684 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3685 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3686 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3687 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3688 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3689 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003692 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3693 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003694 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3695 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003696 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003697 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3698
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003699- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3700
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003701 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3702 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3703 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3704 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3705 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003706
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003707- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3708- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003709 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003710 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3711 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3712 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3713
3714 The format of the list is:
3715 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003716 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3717 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003718 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3719 list = entry[,list]
3720
3721 The type attributes are:
3722 s - String (default)
3723 d - Decimal
3724 x - Hexadecimal
3725 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3726 i - IP address
3727 m - MAC address
3728
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003729 The access attributes are:
3730 a - Any (default)
3731 r - Read-only
3732 o - Write-once
3733 c - Change-default
3734
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003735 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3736 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3737 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3738
3739 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3740 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3741 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3742 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3743 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3744 ".flags" variable.
3745
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003746- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3747 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3748 access flags.
3749
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003750- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3751 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3752 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3753 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3754 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3755 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3756 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3757 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3758 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3759
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003760- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3761 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3762 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3763 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3766of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3767following configurations:
3768
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003769- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3770
3771 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3772 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003774- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775
3776 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3777
3778 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3779 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3780 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3781 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3782 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3783 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3784 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3785 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3786 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3787 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3788 between U-Boot and the environment.
3789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003790 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
3792 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3793 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3794 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3795 for this sector is given here.
3796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003797 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003799 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
3801 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3802 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003803 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003805 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
3807 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3808
3809
3810 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3811 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3812 the environment.
3813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003814 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003816 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003817 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3819 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3820
3821 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3822 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3823 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3824 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3825 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3826 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3827 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3828 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3829 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003831 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3832 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003834 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003835 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003836 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003837 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
3839BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3840source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3841accordingly!
3842
3843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003844- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
3846 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3847 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3848 environment.
3849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003850 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3851 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003853 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3855 can just be read and written to, without any special
3856 provision.
3857
3858BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3859in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003860console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861U-Boot will hang.
3862
3863Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3864environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3865keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3866to save the current settings.
3867
3868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003869- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
3871 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3872 device and a driver for it.
3873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003874 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3875 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003876
3877 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3878 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003880 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3882 The default address is zero.
3883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003884 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3886 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3887 would require six bits.
3888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003889 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003891 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003893 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003894 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3895 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003897 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003898 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3899 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3900 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3901 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3902 byte chips.
3903
3904 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3905 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3906 in the chip address.
3907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003908 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3910
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003911 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3912 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3913 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3914
3915 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3916 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3917 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3918 EEPROM. For example:
3919
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003920 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003921
3922 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3923 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003925- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003926
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003927 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003928 want to use for the environment.
3929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003930 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3931 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3932 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003933
3934 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3935 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3936 at the specified address.
3937
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003938- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3939
3940 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3941 want to use for the local device's environment.
3942
3943 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3944 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3945
3946 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3947 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3948 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003949 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003950
3951BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3952"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003953environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3954but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003956- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003957
3958 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3959 for the environment.
3960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003961 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3962 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003963
3964 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003965 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3966 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003967
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003968 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003970 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003971 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3972 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003973 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003974 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003975
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003976 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3977
3978 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3979 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3980 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3981 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3982 the range to be avoided.
3983
3984 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3985
3986 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3987 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3988 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3989 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3990 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003991
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003992- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3993
3994 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3995 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3996 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3997
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003998- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3999
4000 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4001 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4002 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4003
4004 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4005
4006 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4007
4008 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4009
4010 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4011 environment in.
4012
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004013 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4014
4015 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4016 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4017 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4018
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004019 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4020 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4021
4022 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4023 when storing the env in UBI.
4024
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004025- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4026
4027 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4028 environment.
4029
4030 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4031
4032 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4033
4034 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4035
4036 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4037 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4038 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4039
4040 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4041 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4042
4043 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4044 area within the specified MMC device.
4045
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004046 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4047 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4048 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4049 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4050 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4051 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4052 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4053
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004054 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4055 MMC sector boundary.
4056
4057 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4058
4059 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4060 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4061 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4062 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4063
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004064 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4065 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4066
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004067 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4068 an MMC sector boundary.
4069
4070 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4071
4072 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4073 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4074 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004076- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077
4078 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4079 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4080 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4081 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4082 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4083 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4084 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4085
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004086Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004088created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089until then to read environment variables.
4090
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004091The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4092is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4093with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4094necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4095"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4096have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097
4098Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4099the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004100use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004102- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004103 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004104
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004105 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004106 also needs to be defined.
4107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004108- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004109 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004111- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4112 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4113 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4114 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4115 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4116 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4117
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004118- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4119 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4120 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4121 to do this.
4122
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004123- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4124 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4125 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4126 present.
4127
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004128Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004129---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004131- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004132 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004134- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004135 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004136
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004137 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4138 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4139 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004141- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4142 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4143 PowerPC SOCs.
4144
4145- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4146 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4147 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4148
4149 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4150 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4151
4152- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4153 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4154 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004155 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004156 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4157 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4158 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4159
4160 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4161 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4162
4163- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004164 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4165 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004166 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4167 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4168
4169- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4170 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4171 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4172 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4173
4174- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4175 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4176 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4177
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004178- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004179 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004180
4181 the default drive number (default value 0)
4182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004183 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004184
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004185 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004186 (default value 1)
4187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004188 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004189
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004190 defines the offset of register from address. It
4191 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004192 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004194 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4195 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004196 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004198 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004199 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4200 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4201 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4202 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004203
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004204- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4205 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4206 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4207 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4208 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4209 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4210 is requierd.
4211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004212- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004213 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004214 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004216- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004218 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4220 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4221 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4222 will become available only after programming the
4223 memory controller and running certain initialization
4224 sequences.
4225
4226 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4227 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4228 - MPC824X: data cache
4229 - PPC4xx: data cache
4230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004231- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
4233 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004234 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4235 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004236 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004237 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004238 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4239 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4240 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
4242 Note:
4243 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4244 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004245 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4247 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004249- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004253- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004255- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004257- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004259- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004261- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262 SDRAM timing
4263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004264- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265 periodic timer for refresh
4266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004267- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004269- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4270 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4271 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4272 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4274
4275- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004276 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4277 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004280- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4281 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4283 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4284
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004285- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4287 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004289- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004290 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4291 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004293- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4295 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004297- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4299 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4300 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004302- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004303 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4304 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4305 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4306 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4309 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4310 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4311 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4312 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4313 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4314 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4315 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004316 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004317
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004318- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4319 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4320 required.
4321
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004322- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4323 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4324 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4325 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4326 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4327 by coreboot or similar.
4328
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004329- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4330 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4331
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004332- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4333 Chip has SRIO or not
4334
4335- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4336 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4337
4338- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4339 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4340
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004341- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4342 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4343
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004344- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4345 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4346
4347- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4348 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4349
4350- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4351 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4352
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004353- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4354 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4355 a 16 bit bus.
4356 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004357 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004358 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004359 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004360
4361- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4362 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4363 a default value will be used.
4364
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004365- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004366 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4367 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4368
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004369 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4370 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004372- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004373 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4374 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4375 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004376
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004377- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4378 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4379 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4380 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4381 header files or board specific files.
4382
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004383- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4384 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4385
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004386- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004387 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4388 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004389
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004390- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4391 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4392
4393- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4394 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004395 to the given FEC; i. e.
4396 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004397 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4398
4399 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4400
4401- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4402 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4403 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4404
4405- CONFIG_RMII
4406 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4407 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4408 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4409
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004410- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4411 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4412 The syntax is:
4413
4414 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4415
4416 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4417 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4418 area should have.
4419
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004420- CONFIG_LOOPW
4421 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004422 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004423
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004424- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4425 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4426 "md/mw" commands.
4427 Examples:
4428
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004429 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004430 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4431
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004432 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004433 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4434
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004435 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004436 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004437
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004438- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004439 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004440 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4441 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4442 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004443
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004444 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4445 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4446 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4447 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004448
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004449- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004450 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4451 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4452 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004453
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004454- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4455 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4456 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4457 It is loaded by the SPL.
4458
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004459- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4460 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4461 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4462 previous 4k of the .text section.
4463
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004464- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4465 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4466 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4467 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4468 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4469 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4470 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4471 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4472
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004473- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4474 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4475 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4476 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4477 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4478
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004479- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4480 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4481 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004482
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004483- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4484 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4485
4486 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004487
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004488- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4489 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4490
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004491Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4492-----------------------------------
4493
4494The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4495loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4496This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4497are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4498within that device.
4499
4500- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4501 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4502 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4503 is also specified.
4504
4505- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4506 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4507 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4508 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4509 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4510
4511- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4512 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4513 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4514 virtual address in NOR flash.
4515
4516- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4517 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4518 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4519
4520- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4521 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4522 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4523
4524- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4525 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4526 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4527
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004528- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4529 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4530 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004531 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4532 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4533 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004534
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535Building the Software:
4536======================
4537
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004538Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4539and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4540all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4541(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4542recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4543which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004544
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004545If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4546have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4547you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4548Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4549necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004550
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004551 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4552 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004554Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4555 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4556 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4557 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4558
4559 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4560
4561 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4562 be executed on computers running Windows.
4563
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004564U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4565sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566is done by typing:
4567
4568 make NAME_config
4569
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004570where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004571rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4574 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4575 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4576 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004577 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 make TQM823L_config
4580 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004582 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4583 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004588Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4589images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004591- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4592- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4593- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004594
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004595By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4596in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4597this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4598
45991. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4600
4601 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4602 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4603 make O=/tmp/build all
4604
46052. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4606
4607 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4608 make distclean
4609 make NAME_config
4610 make all
4611
4612Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4613variable.
4614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4617for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4618native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4622to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4623steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046251. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004626 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4627 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046282. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4629 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4630 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46313. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4632 your board
46333. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4634 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46354. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46365. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4637 to be installed on your target system.
46386. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4639 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4643==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004645If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4646or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4648the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004649official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004651But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4652cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4654just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004655for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4656select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4657environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4658you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004666When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4667U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4668setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4669built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4670<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4671location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4672variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004673
4674 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4675 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4676 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4677
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004678With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4679log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4680during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004681
4682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686Monitor Commands - Overview:
4687============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689go - start application at address 'addr'
4690run - run commands in an environment variable
4691bootm - boot application image from memory
4692bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004693bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4695 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4696 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004697tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4699diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4700loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4701loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4702md - memory display
4703mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4704nm - memory modify (constant address)
4705mw - memory write (fill)
4706cp - memory copy
4707cmp - memory compare
4708crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004709i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710sspi - SPI utility commands
4711base - print or set address offset
4712printenv- print environment variables
4713setenv - set environment variables
4714saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4715protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4716erase - erase FLASH memory
4717flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004718nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004719bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4720iminfo - print header information for application image
4721coninfo - print console devices and informations
4722ide - IDE sub-system
4723loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004724loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725mtest - simple RAM test
4726icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4727dcache - enable or disable data cache
4728reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4729echo - echo args to console
4730version - print monitor version
4731help - print online help
4732? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4736========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
4742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743Environment Variables:
4744======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4747can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4750"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4751without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4752environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4753working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4754environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004756Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4757
4758List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004770 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4771 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4772 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4773 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4774 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4775 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004776 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4777 bootm_mapsize.
4778
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004779 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004780 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4781 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4782 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4783 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4784 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4785 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004786
4787 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4788 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4789 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4790 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4791 environment variable.
4792
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004793 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4794 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4795 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4798 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4799 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4800 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4803 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4804 be automatically started (by internally calling
4805 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4808 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4809 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4810 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4811 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004813 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4814 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004815 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4816 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4817 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4818 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4819 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4820 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4821 access it during the boot procedure.
4822
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004823 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4824 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4825 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4826 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4827 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4828 must be accessible by the kernel.
4829
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004830 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4831 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4832 defined.
4833
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004834 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4835 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4836 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4837 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4838 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4841 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4842 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4843 is usually what you want since it allows for
4844 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4845 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004846 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4848 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4849 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4850 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4853 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4854 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4855 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4856 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4857 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4862 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4863 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4864 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4865 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4866 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4867 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4872 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004882 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004883
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004884 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004885
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004886 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4887 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004889 => setenv ethact FEC
4890 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4891 => setenv ethact SCC
4892 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004894 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4895 available network interfaces.
4896 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4897
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004898 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4900 When set to "once" the network operation will
4901 fail when all the available network interfaces
4902 are tried once without success.
4903 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4904 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004906 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004907
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004908 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4909 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4910 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4911 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4912 is silent.
4913
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004914 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004915 UDP source port.
4916
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004917 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4918 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4919
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004920 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4921 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4922
4923 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4924 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4925 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4926 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4927 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4928 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4929 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4930
4931 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004932 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004934
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004935The following image location variables contain the location of images
4936used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4937not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4938variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4939server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4940loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4941flash or offset in NAND flash.
4942
4943*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4944boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4945boards use these variables for other purposes.
4946
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004947Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4948----- --------- ----------- --------------
4949u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4950Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4951device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4952ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4955updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4956depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958 bootfile - see above
4959 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4960 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4961 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4962 hostname - Target hostname
4963 ipaddr - see above
4964 netmask - Subnet Mask
4965 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4966 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004967
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4972 as type string and/or serial number
4973 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4976the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4977once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
4979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4983 with the "version" command. This variable is
4984 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4988only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004990
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004991Callback functions for environment variables:
4992---------------------------------------------
4993
4994For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4995when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4996be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4997deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4998effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4999
5000The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5001U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5002
5003These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5004static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5005in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5006associations. The list must be in the following format:
5007
5008 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5009 list = entry[,list]
5010
5011If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5012Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5013
5014Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5015with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5016override any association in the static list. You can define
5017CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5018".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5019
5020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021Command Line Parsing:
5022=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5025the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027Old, simple command line parser:
5028--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5031- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005032- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5034 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005035 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005036- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5037 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039Hush shell:
5040-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5043 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5044 until...do...done, ...
5045- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5046 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5047 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5048 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050General rules:
5051--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005052
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5054 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5055 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5056 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005059 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5061 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5064=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005065
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005066Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5068"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5071MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5072"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5075in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5076ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5077variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5080 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005082o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5083 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5084 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5087 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5090 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5091 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5094 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005096If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005097will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005098may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5099The naming convention is as follows:
5100"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102Image Formats:
5103==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005105U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5106images in two formats:
5107
5108New uImage format (FIT)
5109-----------------------
5110
5111Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5112to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5113components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5114SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5115
5116
5117Old uImage format
5118-----------------
5119
5120Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5121preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5122details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5125 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005126 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5127 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5128 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005129* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005130 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5131 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5133* Load Address
5134* Entry Point
5135* Image Name
5136* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5139and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5140CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143Linux Support:
5144==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5147easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5148U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5151special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5152"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5153instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5154serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5157 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5158 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5161 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5164 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5165 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5166 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5167 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5168 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171Linux HOWTO:
5172============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5175---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5178configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5179(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5180Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005182But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5185include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005186Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5187and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005188as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191Configuring the Linux kernel:
5192-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5195device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198Building a Linux Image:
5199-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5202not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5203"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5204U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5205which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5206100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210 make TQM850L_config
5211 make oldconfig
5212 make dep
5213 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5216encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5217CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5224 -R .note -R .comment \
5225 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5234 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5235 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005236
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5239with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5240combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5241byte header containing information about target architecture,
5242operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5243stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5246print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005248In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5249contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5250checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252 tools/mkimage -l image
5253 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5256from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5259 -n name -d data_file image
5260 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5261 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5262 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5263 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5264 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5265 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5266 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5267 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005268
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005269Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5270address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5271kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5274- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5279 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005280 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5282 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5283 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5284 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5285 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5286 Load Address: 0x00000000
5287 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5292 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5293 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5294 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5295 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5296 Load Address: 0x00000000
5297 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5300speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5301needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5302need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005304 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5306 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005307 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5309 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5310 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5311 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5312 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5313 Load Address: 0x00000000
5314 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5318when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5321 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5322 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5323 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5324 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5325 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5326 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5327 Load Address: 0x00000000
5328 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005329
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005330The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5331option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5332option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5333from the image:
5334
5335 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5336 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5337 indexed by 'position'
5338
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340Installing a Linux Image:
5341-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5344you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5349image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5350address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5351specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5352command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5355TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359 .......... done
5360 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362 => loads 40100000
5363 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5364 ~>examples/image.srec
5365 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5366 ...
5367 15989 15990 15991 15992
5368 [file transfer complete]
5369 [connected]
5370 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
5372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005374this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5380 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5381 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5382 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5383 Load Address: 00000000
5384 Entry Point: 0000000c
5385 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
5387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388Boot Linux:
5389-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5392memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5393of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5394parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5395"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
5397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005398 => printenv bootargs
5399 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403 => printenv bootargs
5404 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406 => bootm 40020000
5407 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5408 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5409 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5410 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5411 Load Address: 00000000
5412 Entry Point: 0000000c
5413 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5414 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5415 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5416 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5417 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5418 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5419 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5420 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005422If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5424format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5429 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5430 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5431 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5432 Load Address: 00000000
5433 Entry Point: 0000000c
5434 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5437 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5438 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5439 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5440 Load Address: 00000000
5441 Entry Point: 00000000
5442 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5445 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5446 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5447 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5448 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5449 Load Address: 00000000
5450 Entry Point: 0000000c
5451 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5452 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5453 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5454 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5455 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5456 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5457 Load Address: 00000000
5458 Entry Point: 00000000
5459 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5460 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5461 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5462 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5463 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5464 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5465 ...
5466 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5467 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005470
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005471Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5472-----------
5473
5474First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5475titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5476following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5477flat device tree:
5478
5479=> print oftaddr
5480oftaddr=0x300000
5481=> print oft
5482oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5483=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5484Speed: 1000, full duplex
5485Using TSEC0 device
5486TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5487Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5488Load address: 0x300000
5489Loading: #
5490done
5491Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5492=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5493Speed: 1000, full duplex
5494Using TSEC0 device
5495TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5496Filename 'uImage'.
5497Load address: 0x200000
5498Loading:############
5499done
5500Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5501=> print loadaddr
5502loadaddr=200000
5503=> print oftaddr
5504oftaddr=0x300000
5505=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5506## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005507 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5508 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5509 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005510 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005511 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005512 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5513 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5514Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5515Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5516Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5517[snip]
5518
5519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520More About U-Boot Image Types:
5521------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5526 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5527 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5528 the Standalone Program.
5529 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5530 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5531 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5532 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5533 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5534 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5535 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5536 being started.
5537 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5538 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5539 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5540 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5541 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5542 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005544 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5545 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5546 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5547 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5548 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5549 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5552 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5553 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5556 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5557 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5558 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005559
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005560Booting the Linux zImage:
5561-------------------------
5562
5563On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5564using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5565as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5566
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005567Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005568kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5569address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5570format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573Standalone HOWTO:
5574=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5577run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5578U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582"Hello World" Demo:
5583-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5586application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5587It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5588like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590 => loads
5591 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5592 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5593 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5594 [file transfer complete]
5595 [connected]
5596 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5599 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5600 Hello World
5601 argc = 7
5602 argv[0] = "40004"
5603 argv[1] = "Hello"
5604 argv[2] = "World!"
5605 argv[3] = "This"
5606 argv[4] = "is"
5607 argv[5] = "a"
5608 argv[6] = "test."
5609 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5610 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5615handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5616Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5617The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5618character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5619controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5622 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5623 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5624 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626 => loads
5627 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5628 ~>examples/timer.srec
5629 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5630 [file transfer complete]
5631 [connected]
5632 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634 => go 40004
5635 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5636 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5637 Using timer 1
5638 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640Hit 'b':
5641 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5642 Enabling timer
5643Hit '?':
5644 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5645 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5646Hit '?':
5647 [q, b, e, ?] .
5648 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5649Hit '?':
5650 [q, b, e, ?] .
5651 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5652Hit '?':
5653 [q, b, e, ?] .
5654 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5655Hit 'e':
5656 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5657Hit 'q':
5658 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
5660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661Minicom warning:
5662================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5665"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5666consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5667Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5668especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005669use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5670http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5671for help with kermit.
5672
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5675configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005677 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5678 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5679 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005680
5681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682NetBSD Notes:
5683=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5686(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5689NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5690need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5691Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5692attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5693missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5696 # mkdir powerpc
5697 # ln -s powerpc machine
5698 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5699 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5702and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5705stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5706proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5707tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005708meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
5710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711Implementation Internals:
5712=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5715implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5716inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5717hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005718
5719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720Initial Stack, Global Data:
5721---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5724starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5725system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5726This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5727is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5728at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5729options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5730models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5731MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5732locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005733
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005734 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005735 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005737 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5738 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5739 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5740 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5743 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5744 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5745 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5746 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005747 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5749 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5752 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005753 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5755 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5756 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5757 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005759 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5761 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005762 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5764 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5765 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5766 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5767 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769 -Chris Hallinan
5770 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5773code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5776 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005778* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5780 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5783 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5786normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5787turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5788simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5789functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5790functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5791the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5792place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5793reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005795When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5796relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5797GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5800 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005801 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5803 R5-R10: parameter passing
5804 R13: small data area pointer
5805 R30: GOT pointer
5806 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005808 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5809 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5810 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005811
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005812 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5815 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5816 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5817 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5818 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5819 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005820
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005821On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005822 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5823
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005824 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828 R0: function argument word/integer result
5829 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005830 R9: platform specific
5831 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5833 R12: temporary workspace
5834 R13: stack pointer
5835 R14: link register
5836 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005837
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005838 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5839
5840 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005842On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5843 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5844
5845 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5846
5847 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5848 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5849
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005850On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5851
5852 R0-R1: argument/return
5853 R2-R5: argument
5854 R15: temporary register for assembler
5855 R16: trampoline register
5856 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5857 R29: global pointer (GP)
5858 R30: link register (LP)
5859 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5860 PC: program counter (PC)
5861
5862 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5863
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005864NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5865or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867Memory Management:
5868------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005870U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5871MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005873The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5874controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5875memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5876physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5879TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5880booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5881to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005882memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005883configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5884Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005886Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5887of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5890this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5893 :
5894 0x0000 1FFF
5895 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5896 :
5897 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899 :
5900 :
5901 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5902 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5903 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5904 :
5905 0x00FD FFFF
5906 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5907 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5908 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5909 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005910
5911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005912System Initialization:
5913----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005916(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5918To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5919To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5920initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5921which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5922part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5923the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5926preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5927(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5928on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5929programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5930simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5931banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5934different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5935bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59360x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5937contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5940and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5941Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5942pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005944Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5945until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5946running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5947new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
5949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950U-Boot Porting Guide:
5951----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5954list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005955
5956
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005957int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958{
5959 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005960
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005961 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5962 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005965 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966 return 0;
5967 }
5968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969 Download latest U-Boot source;
5970
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005971 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005973 if (clueless)
5974 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976 while (learning) {
5977 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005978 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5979 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005981 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005984 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5985 Buy a BDI3000;
5986 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005987 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005988
5989 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5990 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5991 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5992 } else {
5993 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5994 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005995 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005996 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5997 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005998
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005999 while (!accepted) {
6000 while (!running) {
6001 do {
6002 Add / modify source code;
6003 } until (compiles);
6004 Debug;
6005 if (clueless)
6006 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6007 }
6008 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6009 if (reasonable critiques)
6010 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6011 else
6012 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006015 return 0;
6016}
6017
6018void no_more_time (int sig)
6019{
6020 hire_a_guru();
6021}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
6023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006024Coding Standards:
6025-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006027All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006028coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006029"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006030
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006031Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6032MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6033reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6034sources.
6035
6036Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6037Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6038in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006039
6040Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6041- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006042- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006044- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006045- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6046
6047Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6048with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006049
6050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051Submitting Patches:
6052-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6055establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6056may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006057
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006058Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006059
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006060Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6061see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006063When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6064it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006066* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6067 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6068 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006070* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6071 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6074
6075* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6076
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006077* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6078 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079
6080* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6081 document these in the README file.
6082
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006083* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6084 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006085 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006086 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6087 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006089 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6090 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6091 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006092
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006093 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6094 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6095 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6096 affected files).
6097
6098 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6099 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006100
6101* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6102 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6103
6104* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6105 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6106
6107
6108Notes:
6109
6110* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6111 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6112 for any of the boards.
6113
6114* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6115 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6116 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6117
6118* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6119 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6120 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6121 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6122 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6123 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006124
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006125* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6126 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6127 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6128 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.